|
Monday July 14, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 6: Art-Venture
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. Part of the class will be done standing and the other half seated. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Extreme Art - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Olli - Summer Class
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 15, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 6: Art-Venture
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Balance and Fitness with Molly - Balance and Fitness
This low-impact exercise class incorporates seated stretch, standing or seated strength training, along with balance and coordination movements all while grooving to fun, inspiring music! This class is free because of the generosity of the Los Alamitos Foundation. Please bring a caregiver if you need assistance. Registration is required for all participants and their caregiver. *If student misses 3 classes in a row, they will be removed from the class to allow for those on the waitlist.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Grocery Program
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Photography Club - Photography Club
The Los Alamitos Photography Club is a group of local enthusiasts who meet once a month. This club shows individuals photographs from current personal projects, works in progress, or assignments. All skill levels are welcome to participate. Come take part in discussions on photographic techniques, lighting, printing, photo shop post production, and many other items of interest.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 16, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 6: Art-Venture
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Extreme Art - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Social Hour - Yahtzee Monthly 3rd Wednesday's from 1:00 PM - 3:30 PM (MEDIUM ROOM ONLY)
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Spanish for Kids - Spanish for Kids
Welcome to our Enrichment program: a unique opportunity to enjoy a language immersion associated with cultural activities. Excellent opportunity to expose your kids to foreign languages with native instructors.Material Fee: $20
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
J. Wenze Wildcats Fastpitch
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 17, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
SUMMER CONCERT
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 6: Art-Venture
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
SoCal Waves B. Ricks
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday July 19, 2025
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Helen Lee - Community Center Medium Room 10:00am - 2:00pm
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 11:00 PM
|
Jazmin Miramontes - Community Center Large Room 3:00pm - 11:00pm
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 21, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 7: Chop, Cook, Camp
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Destination Earth - Destination Earth
Take a walk on the wild side, kids will have fun with hands-on experiments that will increase their understanding of our Earth and Animals! They will learn how animals are camouflaged and go on the hunt for scents and tracks and discover what adversely affects our planet as we explore conservation. Take apart owl pellets to see what birds of prey can digest, build a birdhouse and experiment with inertia and gravity as you learn how they work together to help you enjoy your favorite sports.*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Zentangle Art Camp - Zentangle Art Camp
Zentangle is "an easy-to-learn, relaxing, and fun way to create beautiful images by drawing structured patterns." A method of drawing that helps create focus, calm and relaxation. It has grown as a creative practice that is being enjoyed throughout the world. It focuses on gratitude and appreciation, being present in the moment - and it's fun! Join this summer in learning a new way to tap into your own creativity with Just Think Art.*Students bring their own supplies. A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. Part of the class will be done standing and the other half seated. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Mini Masterchef - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Serve Los Al Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Olli - Summer Class
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 22, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 7: Chop, Cook, Camp
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Destination Earth - Destination Earth
Take a walk on the wild side, kids will have fun with hands-on experiments that will increase their understanding of our Earth and Animals! They will learn how animals are camouflaged and go on the hunt for scents and tracks and discover what adversely affects our planet as we explore conservation. Take apart owl pellets to see what birds of prey can digest, build a birdhouse and experiment with inertia and gravity as you learn how they work together to help you enjoy your favorite sports.*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Zentangle Art Camp - Zentangle Art Camp
Zentangle is "an easy-to-learn, relaxing, and fun way to create beautiful images by drawing structured patterns." A method of drawing that helps create focus, calm and relaxation. It has grown as a creative practice that is being enjoyed throughout the world. It focuses on gratitude and appreciation, being present in the moment - and it's fun! Join this summer in learning a new way to tap into your own creativity with Just Think Art.*Students bring their own supplies. A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Grocery Program
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 23, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 7: Chop, Cook, Camp
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Destination Earth - Destination Earth
Take a walk on the wild side, kids will have fun with hands-on experiments that will increase their understanding of our Earth and Animals! They will learn how animals are camouflaged and go on the hunt for scents and tracks and discover what adversely affects our planet as we explore conservation. Take apart owl pellets to see what birds of prey can digest, build a birdhouse and experiment with inertia and gravity as you learn how they work together to help you enjoy your favorite sports.*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Zentangle Art Camp - Zentangle Art Camp
Zentangle is "an easy-to-learn, relaxing, and fun way to create beautiful images by drawing structured patterns." A method of drawing that helps create focus, calm and relaxation. It has grown as a creative practice that is being enjoyed throughout the world. It focuses on gratitude and appreciation, being present in the moment - and it's fun! Join this summer in learning a new way to tap into your own creativity with Just Think Art.*Students bring their own supplies. A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Mini Masterchef - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Adaptive Recreation BBQ
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Spanish for Kids - Spanish for Kids
Welcome to our Enrichment program: a unique opportunity to enjoy a language immersion associated with cultural activities. Excellent opportunity to expose your kids to foreign languages with native instructors.Material Fee: $20
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
J. Wenze Wildcats Fastpitch
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 24, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 7: Chop, Cook, Camp
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Destination Earth - Destination Earth
Take a walk on the wild side, kids will have fun with hands-on experiments that will increase their understanding of our Earth and Animals! They will learn how animals are camouflaged and go on the hunt for scents and tracks and discover what adversely affects our planet as we explore conservation. Take apart owl pellets to see what birds of prey can digest, build a birdhouse and experiment with inertia and gravity as you learn how they work together to help you enjoy your favorite sports.*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Zentangle Art Camp - Zentangle Art Camp
Zentangle is "an easy-to-learn, relaxing, and fun way to create beautiful images by drawing structured patterns." A method of drawing that helps create focus, calm and relaxation. It has grown as a creative practice that is being enjoyed throughout the world. It focuses on gratitude and appreciation, being present in the moment - and it's fun! Join this summer in learning a new way to tap into your own creativity with Just Think Art.*Students bring their own supplies. A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 2: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
SoCal Waves B. Ricks
|
|
|
|